1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type
;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno
;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno
;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno
;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
172 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
173 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
174 struct htab
*got_entries
;
175 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
176 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
177 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
178 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
179 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
180 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
181 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
184 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
186 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
188 /* The output bfd. */
190 /* The link information. */
191 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
192 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
193 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
195 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
196 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
198 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
199 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
201 unsigned int max_count
;
202 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
203 unsigned int max_pages
;
204 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
205 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
206 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
208 unsigned int global_count
;
211 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
212 when laying out the GOT. */
214 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
216 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
217 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
221 struct _mips_elf_section_data
223 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
230 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
231 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
233 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
234 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
235 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
236 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
238 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
239 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
240 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
241 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
242 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
243 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
245 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
246 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
247 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
248 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
249 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
252 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
253 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
254 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
256 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
259 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
260 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
263 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
265 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
269 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
271 to a separate trampoline section.
273 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
274 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
275 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
276 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
277 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
278 asection
*stub_section
;
280 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
283 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
284 in H->root.root.u.def. */
285 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
288 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
290 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
291 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
292 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
294 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
297 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
300 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
301 the dynamic symbols. */
303 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
305 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
308 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
309 symbol with a GOT entry. */
310 long min_got_dynindx
;
311 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
312 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
313 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
314 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
315 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
316 symbol without a GOT entry. */
317 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
320 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
321 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
322 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
327 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
330 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
337 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
339 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
340 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
342 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
346 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
347 the global hash table. */
349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
351 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
353 /* External symbol information. */
356 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
357 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
359 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
361 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
363 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
364 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
367 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
368 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
371 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
372 being called returns a floating point value. */
373 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
375 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
376 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
378 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
379 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
380 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
381 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
383 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
384 is against a readonly section. */
385 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
387 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
388 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
389 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
390 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
392 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
393 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
394 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
395 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
396 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
398 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
399 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
400 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
402 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
403 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
404 la25 stub is required. */
405 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
407 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
408 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
409 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
411 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
412 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
415 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
417 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
419 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
421 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
422 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
424 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
425 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
427 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
428 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
429 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
431 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
432 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
434 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
435 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
437 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
438 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
440 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
443 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
444 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
446 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
447 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
449 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
460 /* The master GOT information. */
461 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
463 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
467 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
468 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
470 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
473 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
476 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
477 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
479 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
482 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
485 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
486 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
488 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
489 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
491 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
492 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
494 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
495 See the comment above that structure for details. */
496 asection
*strampoline
;
498 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
502 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
503 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
504 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
505 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
507 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
509 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
511 /* Small local sym cache. */
512 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
514 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
515 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
518 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
520 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
521 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
522 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
524 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
525 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
527 /* The usual link-wide information. */
528 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
531 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
535 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
537 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
539 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
540 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
542 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
545 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
546 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
548 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
549 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
550 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
551 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
553 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
554 asection
**local_stubs
;
555 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
557 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
558 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
559 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
560 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
561 asection
*elf_data_section
;
562 asection
*elf_text_section
;
565 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
567 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
568 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
570 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
571 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
572 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
573 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
574 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
575 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
576 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
577 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
578 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
579 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
580 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
591 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
592 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
593 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
594 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
595 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
596 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
599 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
604 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
605 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
606 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
610 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
612 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
615 "_procedure_string_table",
616 "_procedure_table_size",
620 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
625 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
626 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
627 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
628 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
629 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
630 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
639 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
640 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
641 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
645 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
646 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
647 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
648 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
649 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
650 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
667 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
673 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
675 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
677 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
678 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
679 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
680 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
681 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
682 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
683 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
684 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
686 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
687 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
688 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
689 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
690 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
692 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
693 has different meaning for each type:
696 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
697 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
698 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
699 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
702 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
703 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
704 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
705 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
707 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
708 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
709 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
710 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
712 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
713 loader for use by the static exception system. */
715 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
716 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
717 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
718 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
719 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
720 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
721 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
722 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
723 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
724 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
726 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
728 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
729 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
731 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
732 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
733 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
734 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
735 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
736 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
738 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
739 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
741 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
742 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
743 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
745 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
746 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
748 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
749 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
750 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
751 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
752 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
754 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
755 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
756 for RM9000 for now. */
757 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
758 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
760 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
761 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
763 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
765 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
766 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
768 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
770 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
771 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
772 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
774 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
775 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
776 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
778 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
779 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
780 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
782 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
783 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
785 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
786 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
787 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
789 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
790 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
791 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
793 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
794 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
795 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
797 /* The name of the options section. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
799 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
801 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
802 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
803 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
804 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
806 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
807 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
808 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
809 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
811 /* The name of the stub section. */
812 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
814 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
815 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
816 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
818 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
819 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
820 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
822 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
823 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
824 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
826 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
827 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
828 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
830 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
831 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
832 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
834 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
836 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
838 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
839 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
840 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
842 /* Get word-sized data. */
843 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
844 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
846 /* Put out word-sized data. */
847 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
849 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
850 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
852 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
854 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
856 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
858 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
860 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
861 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
863 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
864 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
865 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
867 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
868 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
869 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
870 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
872 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
873 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
875 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
876 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
878 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
879 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
880 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
882 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
884 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
886 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
887 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
889 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
890 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
891 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
893 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
894 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
895 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
896 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
897 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
898 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
899 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
901 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
902 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
904 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
905 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
907 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
908 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
909 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
910 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
912 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
913 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
914 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
915 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
917 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
918 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
919 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
921 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
922 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
924 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
925 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
927 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
928 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
929 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
930 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
931 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
932 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
934 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
937 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
938 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
939 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
940 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
943 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
944 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
945 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
946 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
947 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
948 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
949 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
950 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
952 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
953 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
955 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
957 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
958 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
961 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
962 floating point arguments.
964 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
965 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
966 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
967 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
968 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
969 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
970 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
971 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
973 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
974 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
975 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
976 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
977 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
978 stub should be discarded.
980 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
981 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
982 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
983 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
984 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
985 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
986 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
989 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
990 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
991 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
993 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
995 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
996 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
997 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
999 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1000 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1001 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1003 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1004 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1006 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1007 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1008 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1009 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1010 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1011 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1012 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1013 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1016 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1017 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1018 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1020 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1021 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1022 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1023 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1024 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1025 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1026 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1027 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1030 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1031 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1032 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1034 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1035 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1036 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1037 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1038 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1039 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1040 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1041 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1044 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1045 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1046 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1047 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1049 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1050 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1052 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1053 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1054 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1055 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1056 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1057 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1058 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1059 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1063 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1064 in the insn32 mode. */
1065 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1067 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1068 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1069 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1070 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1071 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1072 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1073 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1074 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1077 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1078 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1080 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1081 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1082 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1083 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1086 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1087 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1088 directly addressable. */
1089 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1091 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1092 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1093 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1095 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1097 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1100 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1101 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1102 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1104 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1105 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1106 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1107 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1110 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1111 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1113 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1116 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1119 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1120 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1122 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1123 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1124 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1125 0x00000000, /* nop */
1126 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1127 0x00000000 /* nop */
1130 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1131 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1133 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1134 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1135 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1136 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1137 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1138 0x00000000, /* nop */
1139 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1140 0x00000000 /* nop */
1143 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1144 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1146 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1147 0x00000000, /* nop */
1148 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1149 0x00000000, /* nop */
1150 0x00000000, /* nop */
1151 0x00000000 /* nop */
1154 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1155 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1157 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1158 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1161 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1164 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1166 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1167 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1170 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1173 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1175 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1178 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1180 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1181 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1182 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1185 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1187 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1188 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1190 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1193 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1194 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1196 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1197 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1200 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1202 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1203 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1205 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1209 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1211 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1212 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1214 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1217 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1219 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1220 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1221 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1224 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1226 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1229 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1231 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1233 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1234 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1235 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1239 /* Set local fields. */
1240 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1241 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1242 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1245 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1246 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1247 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1248 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1249 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1250 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1251 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1252 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1253 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1254 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1255 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1256 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1257 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1260 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1263 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1266 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1268 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1273 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1275 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1277 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1278 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1280 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1283 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1286 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1289 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1290 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1293 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1294 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1297 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1300 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1301 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1303 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1304 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1307 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1308 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1311 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1312 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1314 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1316 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1317 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1318 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1321 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1322 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1323 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1324 goto error_return; \
1325 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1326 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1327 goto error_return; \
1330 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1331 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1332 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1333 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1334 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1335 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1337 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1338 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1339 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1340 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1341 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1349 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1351 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1353 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1354 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1355 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1356 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1357 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1358 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1359 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1360 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1361 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1362 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1363 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1365 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1366 free (debug
->ssext
);
1367 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1368 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1369 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1370 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1371 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1372 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1376 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1379 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1381 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1386 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1388 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1389 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1391 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1394 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1397 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1398 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1399 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1401 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1402 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1404 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1406 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1407 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1411 bfd_size_type count
;
1412 unsigned long sindex
;
1416 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1424 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1426 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1427 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1430 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1432 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1436 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1439 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1440 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1444 size
= sizeof (char *);
1445 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1449 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1450 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1451 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1455 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1458 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1459 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1462 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1465 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1466 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1468 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1469 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1470 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1471 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1472 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1473 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1474 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1475 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1476 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1477 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1479 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1480 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1484 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1485 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1486 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1489 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1493 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1496 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1498 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1499 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1500 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1501 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1503 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1504 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1505 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1507 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1509 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1511 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1513 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1514 matters, but someday it might). */
1515 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1544 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1545 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1548 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1550 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1553 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1554 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1557 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1560 /* Create a new symbol. */
1561 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1563 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1564 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1568 /* Make it a local function. */
1569 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1570 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1572 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1576 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1577 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1581 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1585 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1586 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1591 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1592 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1593 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1594 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1595 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1597 /* Create a new symbol. */
1598 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1600 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1601 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1605 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1606 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1607 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1608 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1609 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1610 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1614 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1615 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1618 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1622 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1623 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1624 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1625 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1626 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1629 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1630 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1631 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1633 static unsigned long
1634 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1635 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1636 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1637 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1639 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1640 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1642 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1643 one in a compound relocation. */
1644 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1645 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1646 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1648 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1649 the traditional behavior. */
1650 if (relocs
< relend
)
1651 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1656 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1660 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1661 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1663 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1664 objects try to call them. */
1665 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1666 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1668 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1669 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1672 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1673 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1675 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1676 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1677 being included in the link. */
1678 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1679 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1680 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1681 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1684 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1685 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1687 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1688 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1689 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1690 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1691 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1692 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1693 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1696 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1697 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1699 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1700 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1701 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1702 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1703 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1704 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1705 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1709 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1712 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1714 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1716 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1717 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1718 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1722 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1724 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1726 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1727 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1728 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1729 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1730 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1731 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1734 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1735 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1739 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1740 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1745 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1749 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1750 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1751 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1752 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1758 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1759 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1760 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1761 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1762 entry points are of interest here. */
1765 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1767 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1768 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1769 && h
->root
.def_regular
1770 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1771 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1772 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1773 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1774 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1777 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1778 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1781 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1784 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1786 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1787 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1792 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1793 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1797 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1798 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1799 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1802 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1803 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1807 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1810 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1814 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1815 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1818 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1820 /* Create the section. */
1821 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1822 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1823 input_section
->output_section
);
1827 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1828 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1829 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1832 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1834 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1835 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1836 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1837 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1839 /* Allocate room for it. */
1844 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1845 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1846 the function symbol to it. */
1849 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1852 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1855 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1859 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1860 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1863 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1864 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1865 input_section
->output_section
);
1866 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1868 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1873 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1874 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1882 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1885 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1886 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1888 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1889 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1890 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1895 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1896 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1900 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1901 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1905 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1909 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1912 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1913 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1917 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1918 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1924 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1925 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1926 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1927 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1929 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1930 return (use_trampoline_p
1931 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1932 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1935 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1936 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1939 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1941 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1943 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1944 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1945 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1947 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1949 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1950 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1951 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1954 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1955 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1956 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1957 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1959 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1961 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1962 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1964 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1973 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1974 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1977 The format of these instructions is:
1979 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1980 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1981 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1983 +-----------------------------------------------+
1985 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1986 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1988 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1989 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1990 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1991 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1992 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1993 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1994 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1995 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1996 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1997 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2000 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2001 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2002 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2003 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2004 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2005 value as two 16-bit values.
2007 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2011 +--------+----------------------+
2015 +--------+----------------------+
2018 +----------+------+-------------+
2022 +----------+--------------------+
2023 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2024 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2026 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2027 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2028 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2029 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2030 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2032 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2033 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2034 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2037 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2038 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2039 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2040 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2041 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2043 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2045 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2046 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2047 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2048 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2049 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2051 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2054 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2055 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2056 little-endian system. */
2058 static inline bfd_boolean
2059 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2064 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2065 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2066 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2069 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2070 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2071 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2072 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2073 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2074 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2075 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2083 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2085 static inline bfd_boolean
2086 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2088 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2091 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2092 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2093 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2095 static inline bfd_boolean
2096 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2098 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2099 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2100 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2103 static inline bfd_boolean
2104 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2106 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2107 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2108 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2111 static inline bfd_boolean
2112 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2114 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2115 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2116 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2119 static inline bfd_boolean
2120 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2122 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2125 static inline bfd_boolean
2126 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2128 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2131 static inline bfd_boolean
2132 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2134 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2140 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2149 static inline bfd_boolean
2150 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2152 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2155 static inline bfd_boolean
2156 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2158 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2161 static inline bfd_boolean
2162 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2164 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2165 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2166 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
2169 static inline bfd_boolean
2170 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2172 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2173 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2174 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
2177 static inline bfd_boolean
2178 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2180 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2183 static inline bfd_boolean
2184 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2186 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2187 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2188 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2194 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2195 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2196 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2197 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2200 static inline bfd_boolean
2201 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2203 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2204 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2205 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2208 static inline bfd_boolean
2209 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2211 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2213 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2216 static inline bfd_boolean
2217 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2219 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2220 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2221 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2225 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2226 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2228 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2230 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2233 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2234 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2235 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2236 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2237 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2238 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2239 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2240 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2242 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2243 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2244 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2248 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2249 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2251 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2253 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2256 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2257 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2259 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2262 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2264 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2265 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2269 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2270 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2271 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2273 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2274 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2277 bfd_reloc_status_type
2278 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2279 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2280 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2284 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2286 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2289 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2291 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2292 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2294 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2295 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2297 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2298 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2302 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2303 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2304 an external symbol. */
2306 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2307 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2309 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2311 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2313 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2314 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2318 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2321 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2323 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2326 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2327 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2328 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2333 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2335 asection
*input_section
;
2339 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2341 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2343 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2344 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2345 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2347 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2348 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2349 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2350 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2354 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2355 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2356 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2358 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2360 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2361 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2363 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2365 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2367 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2369 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2370 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2373 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2374 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2376 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2379 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2380 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2381 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2383 bfd_reloc_status_type
2384 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2385 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2386 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2388 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2389 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2390 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2391 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2392 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2393 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2396 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2397 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2400 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2401 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2402 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2404 bfd_reloc_status_type
2405 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2406 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2407 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2410 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2412 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2413 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2415 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2417 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2418 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2421 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2423 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2424 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2426 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2428 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2429 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2430 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2431 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2432 has a rightshift of 0. */
2433 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2434 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2435 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2436 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2437 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2438 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2440 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2441 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2442 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2444 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2445 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2447 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2450 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2454 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2455 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2459 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2460 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2461 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2463 bfd_reloc_status_type
2464 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2465 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2466 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2467 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2470 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2471 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2473 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2475 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2476 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2478 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2480 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2482 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2483 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2484 offset or address. */
2485 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2486 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2491 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2492 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2493 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2494 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2496 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2497 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2498 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2502 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2503 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2504 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2505 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2506 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2507 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2510 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2512 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2513 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2515 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2516 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2518 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2520 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2523 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2528 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2530 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2533 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2534 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2537 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2540 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2541 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2545 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2546 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2548 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2549 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2553 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2554 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2556 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2557 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2558 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2559 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2560 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2561 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2565 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2566 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2570 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2571 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2572 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2573 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2574 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2575 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2576 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2579 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2580 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2581 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2584 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2587 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2588 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2589 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2590 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2591 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2592 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2596 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2597 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2607 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2608 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2609 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2610 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2611 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2614 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2615 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2617 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2618 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2619 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2620 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2621 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2622 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2623 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2627 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2628 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2636 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2639 /* Swap in an options header. */
2642 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2643 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2645 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2646 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2647 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2648 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2651 /* Swap out an options header. */
2654 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2655 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2657 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2658 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2659 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2663 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2664 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2667 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2669 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2670 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2673 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2674 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2676 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2680 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2682 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2687 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2690 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2691 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2695 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2697 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2698 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2699 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2700 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2702 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2704 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2707 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2709 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2718 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2719 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2720 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2721 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2722 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2723 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2724 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2725 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2726 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2727 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2728 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2729 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2730 when generating a final executable. */
2733 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2735 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2737 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2739 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2741 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2742 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2743 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2744 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2745 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2747 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2748 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2749 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2750 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2751 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2759 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2762 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2763 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2764 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2765 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2766 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2767 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2769 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2770 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2774 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2776 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2777 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2778 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2780 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2781 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2782 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2784 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2786 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2787 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2788 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2789 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2791 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2793 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2794 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2795 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2798 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2800 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2801 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2802 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2807 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2808 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2810 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2811 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2812 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2813 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2816 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2818 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2819 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2820 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2821 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2822 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2824 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2825 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2826 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2827 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2828 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2829 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2830 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2831 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2832 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2833 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2834 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2840 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2841 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2844 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2845 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2846 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2847 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2849 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2850 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2851 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2852 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2854 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2855 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2856 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2857 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2858 + sec
->output_offset
2859 + output_section
->vma
);
2861 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2865 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2867 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2868 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2870 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2872 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2873 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2874 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2876 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2881 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2882 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2883 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2884 + sec
->output_offset
2885 + output_section
->vma
);
2887 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2892 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2893 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2896 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2903 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2906 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2908 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2909 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2911 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2914 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2916 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2919 static INLINE hashval_t
2920 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2923 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2930 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2932 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2934 return (entry
->symndx
2935 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
2936 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
2937 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2938 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
2939 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
2940 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2944 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2946 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2947 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2949 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2950 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
2951 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
2952 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2953 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
2954 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
2955 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
2959 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
2961 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
2963 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
2964 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
2965 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
2966 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
2967 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
2971 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
2973 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
2975 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
2976 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
2977 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
2978 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
2979 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
2980 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
2981 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
2985 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2987 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2989 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2990 return entry
->sec
->id
;
2994 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2996 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2998 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2999 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3000 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3003 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3005 static struct mips_got_info
*
3006 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3008 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3010 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3014 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3015 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3016 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3019 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3020 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3021 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3027 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3028 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3030 static struct mips_got_info
*
3031 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3033 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3035 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3038 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3039 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3040 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3044 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3047 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3049 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3051 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3052 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3055 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3056 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3057 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3058 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3059 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3060 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3065 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3066 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3067 if creation fails. */
3070 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3076 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3077 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3078 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3079 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3081 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3086 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3089 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3090 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3096 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3099 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3101 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3104 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3107 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3110 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3113 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3116 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3133 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3134 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3138 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3139 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3142 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3143 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3145 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3146 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3149 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3151 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3152 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3161 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3167 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3174 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3178 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3179 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3180 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3182 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3184 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3185 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3187 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3189 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3190 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3192 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3195 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3198 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3200 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3205 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3207 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3209 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3210 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3212 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3214 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3215 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3217 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3220 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3221 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3223 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3226 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3229 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3230 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3231 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3234 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3236 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3237 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3238 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3240 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3249 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3251 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3252 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3253 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3256 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3259 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3261 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3262 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3265 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3266 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3267 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3268 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3269 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3271 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3272 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3273 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3275 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3278 /* General Dynamic. */
3279 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3283 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3284 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3285 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3286 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3289 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3290 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3291 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3292 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3294 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3295 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3299 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3300 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3302 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3307 /* Initial Exec model. */
3311 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3312 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3318 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3323 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3324 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3328 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3329 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3331 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3332 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3336 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3338 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3339 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3340 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3341 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3348 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3351 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3352 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3353 will be negative. */
3356 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3357 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3359 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3360 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3362 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3363 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3366 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3368 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3369 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3370 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3371 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3372 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3374 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3375 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3376 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3377 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3379 return got_address
- got_value
;
3382 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3383 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3384 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3385 offset can be found. */
3388 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3389 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3393 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3395 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3396 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3398 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3399 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3403 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3404 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3405 return entry
->gotidx
;
3408 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3411 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3412 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3415 long global_got_dynindx
;
3416 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3419 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3420 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3422 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3423 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3424 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3426 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3427 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3428 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3430 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3431 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3432 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3433 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3434 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3439 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3440 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3443 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3447 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3448 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3451 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3452 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3454 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3457 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3458 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3459 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3463 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3464 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3467 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3468 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3470 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3472 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3474 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3475 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3476 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3477 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3478 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3479 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3481 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3486 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3487 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3488 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3489 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3490 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3493 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3494 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3496 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3497 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3499 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3500 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3501 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3506 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3509 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3514 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3515 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3516 symbol that binds locally. */
3519 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3520 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3522 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3524 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3525 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3526 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3527 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3529 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3531 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3532 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3533 same in all cases. */
3534 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3535 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3537 return entry
->gotidx
;
3542 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3546 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3547 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3553 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3554 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3557 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3558 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3560 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3563 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3564 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3565 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3568 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3569 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3570 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3571 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3572 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3575 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3577 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3578 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3584 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3587 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3588 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3591 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3593 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3595 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3596 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3599 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3602 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3606 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3607 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3615 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3618 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3619 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3626 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3627 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3631 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3635 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
3637 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3638 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3639 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3640 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3644 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3648 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3652 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3654 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3655 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3657 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3660 bfd_vma got_address
;
3662 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3663 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3664 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3667 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3668 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3669 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3670 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3671 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3677 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3678 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3679 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3680 the current linking stage. */
3682 static bfd_size_type
3683 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3685 bfd_size_type count
;
3688 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3691 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3693 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3694 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3695 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3696 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3697 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3703 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3704 appear towards the end. */
3707 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3710 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3711 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3713 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3716 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3717 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3724 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3725 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3726 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3727 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3728 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3729 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3730 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3733 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3734 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3735 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3736 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3737 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3738 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3739 == g
->global_gotno
);
3741 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3742 table index in the GOT. */
3743 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3748 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3749 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3753 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3755 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3757 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3759 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3762 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3765 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3769 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3770 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3773 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3774 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3775 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3776 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3783 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3784 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3785 hash table directly). */
3788 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3789 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3791 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3792 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3793 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3794 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3796 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3797 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3799 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3803 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3804 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3807 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3811 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3812 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3817 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3818 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3822 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3831 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3832 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3833 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3836 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3837 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3838 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3841 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3842 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3843 unsigned char tls_type
;
3845 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3846 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3848 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3850 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3852 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3854 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3856 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3860 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3863 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3867 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3868 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3869 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3873 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3874 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3875 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3878 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3879 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3886 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3887 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3889 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3890 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3893 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3896 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3897 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3898 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3899 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3902 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3903 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3907 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3908 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3909 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3911 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3912 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
3913 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
3914 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3916 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3917 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3919 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
3920 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
3925 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3929 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3930 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
3932 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
3933 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3937 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
3940 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3948 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
3949 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3953 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3963 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3966 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3970 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3975 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3976 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3978 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3979 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3984 /* Make room for a null element. */
3985 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3988 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3992 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
3993 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
3994 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
3995 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
3998 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4000 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4001 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4003 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4004 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4005 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4010 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4011 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4017 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4021 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4022 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4023 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4024 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4027 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4029 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4030 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4033 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4034 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4035 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4036 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4037 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4038 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4040 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4047 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4048 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4050 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4051 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4054 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4062 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4064 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4073 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4078 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4081 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4083 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4086 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4089 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4090 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4092 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4093 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4094 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4097 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4099 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4103 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4104 seen the section. */
4105 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4108 entry
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, sizeof (*entry
));
4116 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4118 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4119 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4120 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4122 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4123 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4124 a new singleton range. */
4126 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4128 range
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, sizeof (*range
));
4132 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4133 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4134 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4142 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4143 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4145 /* Update the ranges. */
4146 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4147 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4148 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4150 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4152 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4153 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4154 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4157 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4160 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4161 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4162 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4164 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4165 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4171 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4172 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4173 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4174 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4177 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4179 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4180 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4181 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4185 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4186 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4187 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4189 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4191 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4193 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4195 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4198 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4200 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4201 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4202 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4205 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4206 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4210 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4212 /* Read in the symbol. */
4213 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4221 /* Get the associated input section. */
4222 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4229 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4230 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4231 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4232 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4233 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4237 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4238 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4239 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4240 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4242 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4243 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4246 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4248 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
->g
, sec
, addend
))
4256 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4257 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4258 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4259 that they require. */
4262 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4263 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4265 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4266 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4273 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4277 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4278 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4279 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4280 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4283 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4287 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4290 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4291 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4292 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4297 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4302 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4303 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4304 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4305 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4306 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4309 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4311 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4312 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4313 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4315 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4316 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4318 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4320 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4321 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4322 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4323 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4324 live in the local GOT.
4326 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4327 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4328 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4329 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
4330 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
4331 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4332 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
4333 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4334 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4335 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4336 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4337 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4338 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4339 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4340 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4341 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4342 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4343 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4344 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4346 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4353 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4354 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4357 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4359 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4360 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4363 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4364 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4365 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4374 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4379 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4380 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4383 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4385 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4386 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4389 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4390 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4391 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4400 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4405 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4406 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4407 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4408 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4412 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4413 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4414 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4416 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4417 unsigned int estimate
;
4419 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4420 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4421 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4422 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4424 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4426 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4427 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4429 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4430 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4431 conservatively as well. */
4432 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4433 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4435 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4437 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4438 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4441 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4442 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4444 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4448 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4452 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4456 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4457 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4458 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4459 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4460 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4461 and then make make the new got current. */
4464 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4465 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4467 unsigned int estimate
;
4470 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4473 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4474 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4475 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4476 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4477 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4479 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4480 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4481 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4482 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4483 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4485 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4487 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4488 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4495 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4496 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4501 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4504 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4509 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4510 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4511 overflows anyway. */
4512 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4518 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4519 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4520 an index in a different GOT. */
4523 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4525 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4527 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4528 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4530 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4532 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4536 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4537 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4540 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4544 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4545 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4546 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4549 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4551 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4552 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4554 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4555 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4556 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4559 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4560 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4566 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4567 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4571 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4572 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4573 symbol to DATA->value. */
4576 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4578 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4579 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4581 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4582 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4583 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4584 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4585 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4586 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4590 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4591 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4592 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4593 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4596 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4598 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4599 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4601 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4602 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4603 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4604 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4605 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4607 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
))
4612 arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4614 if (arg
->info
->shared
4615 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4616 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4617 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4618 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4624 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4625 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4626 lazy-binding stubs. */
4629 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4631 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4633 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4635 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4636 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4637 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4638 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4640 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4641 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4642 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4644 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4645 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4651 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4654 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4659 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4663 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4667 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4668 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4671 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4672 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4675 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4676 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4678 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4679 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4680 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4681 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4682 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4685 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4686 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4687 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4691 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4692 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4693 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4694 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4695 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4696 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4697 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4698 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4699 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4700 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4702 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4704 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4705 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4706 to be the primary GOT. */
4707 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
4709 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4710 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4714 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4715 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4716 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4718 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4719 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4721 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4725 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4726 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4727 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4728 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4730 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4732 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4733 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4734 those that are actually referenced. */
4735 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4736 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4739 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4740 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4741 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4742 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4744 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4745 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4746 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4747 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4748 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4749 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4750 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4751 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4752 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4753 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4754 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4755 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4756 points back to the master GOT. */
4757 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4758 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4765 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4767 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4768 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4769 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4770 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4771 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4773 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4774 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4775 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4780 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4781 all non-TLS entries. */
4782 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4784 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4785 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4788 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4790 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4793 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4794 lazy-binding stubs. */
4796 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4800 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4803 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4805 unsigned int save_assign
;
4807 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4808 relocations they need. */
4809 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4810 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4812 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4814 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4817 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4818 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4822 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4823 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4824 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4825 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4826 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4828 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4830 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4833 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4840 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4841 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4843 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4844 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4845 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4846 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4848 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4850 while (relocation
< relend
)
4852 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4853 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4859 /* We didn't find it. */
4863 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4866 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4867 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4868 asection
**local_sections
)
4870 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4871 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4874 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4875 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4876 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4878 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4880 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4886 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4889 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4891 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4892 /* VALUE is negative. */
4893 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4898 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4899 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4903 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4905 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4907 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4908 /* The value is too big. */
4910 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4911 /* The value is too small. */
4918 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4921 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4923 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4926 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4929 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4932 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4939 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4942 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4945 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4952 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4955 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4956 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4959 register asection
*s
;
4961 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4963 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4966 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4968 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4969 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4972 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4978 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4981 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4984 register asection
*s
;
4985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4986 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4987 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4989 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4990 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4992 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4996 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4997 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4999 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5000 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5001 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5003 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5007 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5008 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5009 are not creating a global offset table. */
5011 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5012 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5013 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5016 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5019 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5020 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5023 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5026 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5027 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5028 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5030 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5031 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5032 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5035 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5043 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5044 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5045 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5048 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5050 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5052 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5053 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5056 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5057 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5058 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5062 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5063 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5065 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5066 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5067 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5068 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5069 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5070 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5077 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5078 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5079 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5080 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5081 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5085 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5092 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5093 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5094 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5096 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5097 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5098 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5100 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5101 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5102 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5103 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5105 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5106 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5107 asection
*input_section
,
5108 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5109 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5110 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5111 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5112 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5114 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5115 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5117 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5119 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5122 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5123 shared object file being produced. */
5125 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5128 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5130 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5131 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5132 during execution. */
5133 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5134 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5136 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5137 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5138 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5140 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5141 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5142 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5143 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5144 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5145 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5146 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5148 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5150 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5151 relocation value. */
5152 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5153 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5154 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5155 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5156 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5159 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5160 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5161 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5163 /* Parse the relocation. */
5164 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5165 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5166 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5167 + input_section
->output_offset
5168 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5170 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5171 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5173 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5174 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5175 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5176 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5178 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5179 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5180 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5183 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5184 must come before globals. */
5188 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5191 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5193 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5194 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5196 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5197 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5198 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5199 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5200 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5201 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5203 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5205 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5208 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5209 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5212 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5213 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5214 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5217 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5219 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5220 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5224 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5226 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5227 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5228 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5229 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5230 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5231 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5232 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5234 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5235 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5237 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5238 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5239 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5240 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5242 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5243 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5244 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5245 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5249 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5250 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5251 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5252 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5255 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5256 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5257 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5259 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5260 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5261 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5263 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5264 if (sec
->output_section
)
5265 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5266 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5267 + sec
->output_offset
);
5269 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5271 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5272 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5273 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5274 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5277 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5278 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5280 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5281 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5283 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5284 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5285 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5286 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5287 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5289 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5290 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5293 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5295 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5296 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5297 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5298 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5299 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5300 which is available from here:
5301 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5304 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5305 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5306 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5307 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5308 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5310 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5314 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5317 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5318 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5321 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5322 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5324 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5326 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5327 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5329 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5330 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5331 && !info
->relocatable
5333 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5334 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5336 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5337 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5338 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5340 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5341 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5345 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5350 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5353 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5354 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5355 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5356 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5365 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5366 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5367 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5369 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5370 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5371 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5372 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5373 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5374 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5376 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5377 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5378 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5381 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5384 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5385 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5387 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5392 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5394 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5396 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5403 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5406 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5409 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5410 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5412 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5414 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5415 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5416 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5417 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5418 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5419 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5420 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5421 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5422 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5423 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5425 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5426 && !info
->relocatable
5429 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5430 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5432 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5435 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5436 + sec
->output_offset
5437 + htab
->plt_header_size
5438 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5439 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5442 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5443 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5446 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5447 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5448 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5450 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5451 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5452 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5455 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5456 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5457 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5458 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5459 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5461 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5462 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5463 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5464 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5465 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5466 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5467 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5468 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5470 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5471 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5472 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5473 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5475 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5476 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5478 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5483 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5484 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5485 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5486 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5488 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5489 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5493 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5494 to need it, get it now. */
5497 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5498 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5501 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5502 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5503 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5504 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5505 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5506 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5507 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5508 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5509 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5510 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5511 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5512 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5514 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5515 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5516 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5517 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5518 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5519 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5520 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5521 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5522 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5523 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5525 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5526 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5528 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5532 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5533 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5534 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5535 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5536 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5537 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5539 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5540 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5541 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5545 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5546 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5548 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5549 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5550 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5551 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5554 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5555 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5556 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5560 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5561 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5563 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5566 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5567 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5571 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5572 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5573 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5575 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5579 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5580 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5582 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5583 + input_section
->output_offset
5584 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5585 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5586 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5587 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5589 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5590 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5592 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5593 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5596 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5599 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5603 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5606 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5607 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5614 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5616 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5617 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5618 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5619 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5621 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5622 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5623 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5625 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5626 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5627 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5628 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5629 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5630 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5632 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5640 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5644 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5645 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5649 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5653 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5654 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5658 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5659 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5660 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5661 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5662 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5664 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5668 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5669 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5670 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5671 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5673 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5674 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5677 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5679 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5680 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5681 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5682 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5683 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5687 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5688 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5690 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5694 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5695 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5696 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5697 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5698 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5699 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5702 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5703 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5704 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5705 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5709 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5710 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5711 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5712 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5713 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5714 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5719 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5722 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5723 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5727 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5728 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5729 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5733 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5734 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5735 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5736 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5737 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5738 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5739 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5740 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5741 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5742 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5743 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5745 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5746 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5752 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5753 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5755 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5758 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5759 for this conditional. */
5760 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5761 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5762 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5763 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5764 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5766 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5767 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5768 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5769 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5770 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5773 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5774 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5777 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5778 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5779 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5780 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5781 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5782 not check for overflow here. */
5786 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5787 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5788 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5789 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5790 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5795 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5796 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5797 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5798 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5799 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5800 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5801 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5802 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5803 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5804 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5805 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5806 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5807 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5808 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5809 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5810 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5811 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5812 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5816 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5819 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5820 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5823 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5824 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5825 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5826 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5827 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5829 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5830 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5831 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5832 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5834 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5835 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5842 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5843 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5844 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5845 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5846 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5847 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5848 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5849 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5850 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5851 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5853 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5856 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5857 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5859 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5863 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5864 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5865 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5866 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5867 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5870 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5871 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5872 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5873 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5874 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5877 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5878 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5879 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5880 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5881 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5884 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5885 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5886 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5887 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5888 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5891 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5892 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5893 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5894 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5895 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5898 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5899 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5900 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5901 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5902 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5903 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5904 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5906 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5907 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5910 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5911 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5912 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5913 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5914 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5917 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5918 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5919 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5920 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5921 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5922 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5923 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5926 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5927 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5929 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5932 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5936 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5937 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5938 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5942 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5943 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5944 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5947 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5948 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5949 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5950 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5953 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5954 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5955 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5956 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5960 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5961 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5962 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5963 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5964 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5965 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5966 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5970 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5971 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5972 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5973 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5976 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5977 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5980 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5982 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5985 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5988 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5989 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5990 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5993 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5995 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5996 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
6001 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6002 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6003 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6005 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6006 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6008 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6011 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6012 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6013 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6014 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6015 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6016 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6020 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6022 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6023 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6025 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6027 /* Obtain the current value. */
6028 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6030 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6031 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6033 /* Set the field. */
6034 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6036 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6037 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6040 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6041 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6043 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6044 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6046 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6049 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6051 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6056 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6060 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6061 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6064 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6065 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6068 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6073 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6074 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6077 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6079 if (!info
->relocatable
6080 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6081 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6082 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6083 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6084 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6085 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6086 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6087 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6088 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6089 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6095 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6096 + input_section
->output_offset
6097 + relocation
->r_offset
6099 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6100 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6104 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6106 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6107 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6109 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6113 /* Put the value into the output. */
6114 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6116 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6122 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6123 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6124 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6125 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6128 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6129 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6130 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6132 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6133 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6135 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6140 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6141 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6143 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6144 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6146 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6147 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6148 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6149 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6150 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6151 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6154 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6155 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6156 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6158 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6159 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6160 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6161 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6164 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6165 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6168 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6170 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6171 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6172 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6177 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6178 in the relocation. */
6179 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6181 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6182 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6183 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6184 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6186 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6187 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6188 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6189 undefined symbols. */
6194 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6196 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6203 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6206 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6207 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6213 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6214 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6215 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6216 local symbols because we used to generate them
6217 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6218 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6219 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6220 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6221 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6222 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6224 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6225 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6226 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6227 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6228 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6233 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6234 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6235 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6236 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6237 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6240 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6241 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6242 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6244 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6245 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6246 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6249 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6250 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6251 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6252 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6253 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6254 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6255 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6256 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6257 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6258 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6259 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6260 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6261 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6262 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6265 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6267 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6268 correct location in the output file. */
6269 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6270 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6271 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6272 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6273 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6274 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6276 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6277 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6278 relocation format is non-standard. */
6279 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6281 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6282 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6284 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6286 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6288 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6289 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6290 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6291 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6293 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6296 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6297 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6298 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6300 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6301 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6303 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6304 will be writing to it. */
6305 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6308 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6309 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6311 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6316 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6318 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6319 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6320 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6321 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6322 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6323 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6325 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6326 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6327 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6329 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6330 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6331 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6332 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6333 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6334 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6335 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6339 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6340 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6342 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6343 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6348 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6351 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6353 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6355 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6356 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6358 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6359 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6361 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6362 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6364 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6365 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6367 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6368 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6370 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6371 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6373 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6374 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6376 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6377 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6379 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6380 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6382 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6383 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6385 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6386 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6388 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6389 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6391 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6392 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6394 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6395 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6397 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6398 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6400 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6401 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6403 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6404 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6407 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6411 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6414 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6417 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6420 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6423 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6425 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6426 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6428 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6429 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6431 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6432 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6434 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6435 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6442 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6444 static INLINE
char *
6445 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6449 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6450 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6453 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6455 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6459 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6461 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6463 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6465 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6468 return "unknown abi";
6472 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6473 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6474 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6475 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6476 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6477 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6478 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6479 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6481 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6482 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6483 definition in a shared library. */
6484 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6485 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6486 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6488 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6491 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6493 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6495 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6496 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6497 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6499 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6500 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6501 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6502 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6503 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6504 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6505 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6507 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6508 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6509 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6510 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6511 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6512 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6513 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6514 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6515 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6516 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6518 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6522 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6523 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6524 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6525 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6526 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6529 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6530 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6532 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6533 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6534 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6535 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6536 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6537 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6538 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6539 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6540 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6541 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6543 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6544 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6547 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6548 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6553 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6555 if (section
!= NULL
)
6557 asym
->section
= section
;
6558 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6559 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6560 base address to make it an offset. */
6561 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6568 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6570 if (section
!= NULL
)
6572 asym
->section
= section
;
6573 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6574 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6575 base address to make it an offset. */
6576 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6582 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6583 or microMIPS one. */
6584 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6585 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6588 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6589 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6590 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6592 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6593 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6597 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6598 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6600 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6601 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6602 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6603 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6604 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6606 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6607 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6608 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6609 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6611 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6612 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6613 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6614 We therefore take the following approach:
6616 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6617 determine the pointer size.
6619 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6620 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6624 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6625 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6626 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6627 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6628 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6630 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6631 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6635 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6637 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6639 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6641 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6643 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6644 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6645 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6652 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6653 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6654 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6663 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6664 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6665 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6667 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6668 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6671 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6672 will jump there rather than to .text.
6674 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6675 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6678 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6680 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6683 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6684 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6685 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6689 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6691 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6692 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6696 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6697 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6700 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6704 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6708 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6709 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6710 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6711 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6713 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6715 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6716 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6717 so that we don't have to read them again.
6718 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6719 through the section contents to see if there is an
6720 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6722 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6724 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6725 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6727 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6731 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6733 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6734 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6735 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6738 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6745 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6746 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6749 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6750 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6753 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6760 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6761 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6764 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6765 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6772 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6774 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6776 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6777 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6778 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6779 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6780 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6781 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6782 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6783 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6784 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6785 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6787 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6788 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6790 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6792 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6793 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6795 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6798 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6800 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6802 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6804 unsigned int adjust
;
6806 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6808 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6816 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6817 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6818 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6820 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6824 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6831 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6832 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6833 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6834 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6835 probably get away with this. */
6836 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6838 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6839 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6843 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6846 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6847 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6850 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6851 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6854 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6855 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6858 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6859 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6861 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6863 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6864 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6865 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6867 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6869 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6870 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6873 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6874 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6877 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6878 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6881 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6882 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6883 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6886 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6887 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6890 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6891 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6892 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6899 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6904 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6905 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6911 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6913 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6914 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6915 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6916 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6917 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6919 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6922 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6923 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6925 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6926 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6929 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6930 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6931 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6932 they should agree. */
6933 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6935 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6937 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6938 if (contents
== NULL
)
6940 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6947 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6948 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6950 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6952 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6954 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6956 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6957 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6958 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6961 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6963 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6965 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6967 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6968 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6970 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6972 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6974 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6976 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6978 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6979 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6981 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6991 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6992 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6993 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6996 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6998 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7000 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7002 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7003 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7004 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7006 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7007 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7008 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7010 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7011 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7012 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7014 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7015 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7016 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7018 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7019 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7020 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7021 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7022 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7024 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7026 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7028 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7029 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7030 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7031 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7033 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7034 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7036 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7039 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7041 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7042 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7043 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7044 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7046 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7047 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7049 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7050 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7053 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7054 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7055 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7056 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7057 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7058 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7059 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7060 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7062 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7063 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7065 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7067 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7068 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7069 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7071 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7073 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7074 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7075 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7077 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7078 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7080 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7082 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7083 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7084 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7085 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7086 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7088 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7090 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7091 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7092 final_write_processing. */
7094 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7095 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7097 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7098 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7099 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7101 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7103 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7104 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7105 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7108 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7109 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7110 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7111 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7112 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7117 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7118 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7119 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7120 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7121 the .scommon section. */
7124 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7125 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7127 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7129 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7132 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7134 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7140 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7141 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7144 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7145 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7146 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7147 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7149 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7150 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7151 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7153 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7158 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7159 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7160 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7161 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7162 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7163 is not done for them. */
7165 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7166 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7172 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7175 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7176 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7177 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7178 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7179 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7182 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7183 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7184 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7185 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7189 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7190 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7192 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7193 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7194 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7196 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7197 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7200 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7201 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7202 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7205 /* Initialize the section. */
7207 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7208 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7210 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7211 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7213 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7214 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7215 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7216 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7217 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7218 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7219 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7221 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7222 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7223 so I took it out. */
7224 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7227 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7228 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7230 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7231 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7233 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7234 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7235 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7237 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7238 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7241 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7242 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7243 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7246 /* Initialize the section. */
7248 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7249 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7251 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7252 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7254 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7255 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7256 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7257 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7258 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7259 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7260 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7262 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7263 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7264 so I took it out. */
7265 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7268 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7269 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7273 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7275 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7276 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7278 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7279 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7281 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7283 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7284 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7285 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7288 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7291 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7293 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7296 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7297 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7300 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7301 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7302 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7303 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7309 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7310 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7311 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7314 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7315 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7316 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7317 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7319 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7320 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7321 common in the output file. */
7322 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7323 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7324 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7326 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7327 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7332 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7334 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7337 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7340 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7342 register asection
*s
;
7343 const char * const *namep
;
7344 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7346 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7347 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7349 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7350 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7352 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7354 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7356 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7359 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7364 /* We need to create .got section. */
7365 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7368 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7371 /* Create .stub section. */
7372 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7373 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7376 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7377 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7381 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7383 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7385 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7386 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7388 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7389 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7393 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7394 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7395 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7396 the linker takes such action. */
7397 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7399 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7402 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7403 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7404 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7407 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7410 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7412 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7416 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7417 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7419 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7423 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7424 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7426 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7428 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7430 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7432 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7434 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7437 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7439 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7441 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7443 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7450 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7452 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7453 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7454 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7457 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7460 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7462 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7465 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7467 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7468 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7469 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7470 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7471 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7472 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7474 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7476 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7477 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7478 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7481 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7484 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7486 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7488 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7492 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7493 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7494 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7497 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7498 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7499 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7500 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7502 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7503 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7506 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7508 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7513 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7514 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7515 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7521 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7522 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7523 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7526 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7527 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7528 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7533 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7534 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7535 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7536 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7539 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7540 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7543 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7544 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7545 of the section that REL is against. */
7548 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7549 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7552 unsigned int r_type
;
7555 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7556 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7558 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7559 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7560 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7561 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7563 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7566 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7567 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7568 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7569 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7570 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7573 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7574 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7575 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7576 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7578 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7579 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7580 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7583 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7584 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7585 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7586 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7587 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7589 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7591 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7592 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7593 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7596 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7598 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7599 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7600 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7601 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7602 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7603 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7605 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7606 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7607 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7608 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7609 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7612 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7613 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7614 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7616 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7617 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7624 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7625 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7626 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7629 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7634 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7635 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7637 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7641 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7644 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7646 static struct plt_entry
*
7647 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7649 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7651 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7655 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7656 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7657 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7658 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7662 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7663 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7664 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7667 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7668 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7672 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7673 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7675 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7676 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7678 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7679 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7682 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7684 if (info
->relocatable
)
7687 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7688 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7690 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7691 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7692 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7693 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7695 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7696 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7698 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7700 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7701 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7703 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7705 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7708 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7711 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7712 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7713 " stub section `%s'"),
7715 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7719 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7720 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7724 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7725 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7726 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7727 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7729 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7730 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7732 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7733 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7734 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7735 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7739 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7741 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7744 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7745 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7746 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7747 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7750 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7759 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7760 not need it. Since this function is called before
7761 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7762 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7764 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7768 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7770 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7772 unsigned long symcount
;
7776 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7777 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7779 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7780 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7781 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7784 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7787 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7788 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7790 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7791 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7792 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7793 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7797 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7799 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7800 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7802 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7803 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7804 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7806 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7808 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7809 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7810 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7811 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7812 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7813 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7815 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7819 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7821 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7824 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7826 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7830 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7833 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7836 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7837 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7838 " stub section `%s'"),
7840 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7844 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7845 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7849 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7850 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7851 that refers to this symbol. */
7852 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7854 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7855 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7857 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7858 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7859 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7860 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7864 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7866 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7869 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7870 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7871 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7872 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7875 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7884 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7885 not need it. Since this function is called before
7886 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7887 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7889 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7893 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7895 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7897 unsigned long symcount
;
7901 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7902 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7904 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7905 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7906 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7909 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7912 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7913 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7915 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7916 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7917 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7918 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7922 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7923 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7925 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7927 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7928 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7930 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7932 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7933 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7934 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7935 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7936 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7939 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7943 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7945 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7951 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7953 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7954 unsigned int r_type
;
7955 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7956 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7958 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7959 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7961 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7963 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7965 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7966 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7968 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7973 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7976 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7977 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7978 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7980 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
7982 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
7986 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7987 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7988 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7993 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7994 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7995 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7996 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7997 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7998 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7999 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8000 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8002 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8003 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8004 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8005 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8006 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8007 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8008 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8009 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8010 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8011 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8012 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8013 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8014 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8015 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8016 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8017 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8018 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8019 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8021 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8022 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8024 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8026 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8027 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8028 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8034 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
8035 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
8037 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8043 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8044 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8045 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8047 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8048 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8049 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8050 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8051 against a read-only section. */
8054 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8055 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8056 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8057 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8058 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8059 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8061 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8063 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8066 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
8067 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
8068 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
8069 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
8070 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
8072 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
8073 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
8074 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
8077 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
8078 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
8079 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
8080 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
8081 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
8083 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8088 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
8091 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
8097 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8098 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8099 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8100 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8101 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8103 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
8109 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8110 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8111 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8112 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8116 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8120 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8121 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8122 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8123 relocations against the text segment. */
8124 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8127 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8128 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8129 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8130 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8132 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8133 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8134 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8135 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8136 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8137 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8138 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8139 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8140 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8141 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8146 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8147 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8148 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8153 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8154 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8157 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8158 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8159 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8160 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8165 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8166 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8167 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8168 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8171 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8172 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8173 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8174 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8178 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8179 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8180 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8186 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8187 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8188 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8190 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8191 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8192 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8193 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8194 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8195 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8197 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8198 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8199 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8201 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8203 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8205 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8206 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8208 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8209 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8212 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8215 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8216 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8222 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8223 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8225 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8226 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8227 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8228 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8232 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8233 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8236 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8237 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8238 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8243 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8244 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8245 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8247 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8250 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8251 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8252 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8253 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8255 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8261 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8262 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8263 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8264 for TLS GD relocations. */
8267 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8273 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8283 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8284 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8285 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8286 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8290 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8294 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8296 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8297 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8298 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8299 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8300 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8301 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8302 relocations against the text segment. */
8303 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8309 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8310 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8311 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8312 it will be left as zero.
8314 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8315 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8317 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8318 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8320 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8321 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8322 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8323 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8324 are relocations against the text segment. */
8325 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8329 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8330 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8331 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8335 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8336 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8337 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8338 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8339 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8342 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8343 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8344 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8347 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8348 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8349 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8350 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8354 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8355 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8356 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8357 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8359 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8367 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8368 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8369 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8370 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8371 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8372 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8375 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8376 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8378 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8379 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8380 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8383 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8384 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8386 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8389 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8390 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8391 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8392 a normal .got entry. */
8393 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8397 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8399 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8401 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8402 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8404 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8405 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8406 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8407 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8411 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8412 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8413 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8414 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8416 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8417 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8421 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8422 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8425 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8426 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8427 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8428 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8429 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8437 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8438 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8441 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8442 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8443 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8446 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8447 and has a special meaning. */
8448 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8449 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8452 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8453 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8460 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8461 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8462 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8463 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8465 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8478 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8479 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8482 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8483 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8485 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8487 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8488 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8489 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8491 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8494 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8497 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8498 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8499 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8502 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8503 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8504 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8505 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8507 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8510 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8511 unsigned int r_type
;
8512 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8514 unsigned long instruction
;
8516 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8517 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8518 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8519 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8520 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8523 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8524 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8525 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8528 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8529 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8531 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8532 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8533 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8535 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8537 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8538 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8539 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8540 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8541 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8544 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8545 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8546 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8547 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8548 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8550 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8554 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8556 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8557 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8559 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8560 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8561 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8562 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8564 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8568 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8569 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8571 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8572 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8573 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8574 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8577 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8578 symval
= isym
->st_value
8579 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8580 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8583 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8585 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8586 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8588 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8589 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8594 /* Check that it's in range. */
8595 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8598 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8599 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8602 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8604 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8605 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8606 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8607 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8608 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8609 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8613 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8614 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8615 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8618 if (contents
!= NULL
8619 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8621 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8625 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8626 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8632 if (contents
!= NULL
8633 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8638 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8641 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8643 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8645 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8646 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8648 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8649 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8651 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8652 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8654 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8655 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8656 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8659 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8660 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8661 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8664 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8665 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8666 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8667 if (! info
->relocatable
8668 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8669 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8670 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8673 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8675 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8677 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8678 non-default visibility. */
8679 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8682 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8684 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8686 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8693 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8694 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8695 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8696 relocations against it.
8698 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8699 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8701 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8703 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8704 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8705 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8708 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8709 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8710 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8711 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8712 against the text segment. */
8713 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8720 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8721 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8722 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8723 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8727 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8728 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8732 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8734 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8735 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8737 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8738 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8740 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8741 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8743 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8746 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8748 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8750 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8751 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8752 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8753 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8754 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8756 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8757 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8758 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8760 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8763 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8764 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8765 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8766 executable and the shared library. */
8767 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8769 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8770 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8774 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8775 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8777 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8778 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8779 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8780 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8781 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8782 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8783 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8784 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8785 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8786 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8787 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8788 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8789 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8791 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
8792 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
8794 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
8795 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
8796 for PLT offset calculations. */
8797 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
8799 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8800 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
8802 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8803 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8804 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8805 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8806 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8807 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8810 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8811 for the same reason as above. */
8812 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8813 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8816 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8818 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8820 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
8821 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
8823 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8824 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8825 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8826 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8828 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
8829 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
8830 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8831 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
8832 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8833 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8834 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
8836 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8837 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8838 else if (!micromips_p
)
8840 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8841 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8842 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
8843 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
8845 else if (htab
->insn32
)
8847 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8848 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8849 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
8850 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
8854 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
8855 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
8856 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
8857 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
8861 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8862 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
8863 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8866 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
8867 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
8869 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
8870 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
8871 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
8872 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
8877 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
8879 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8880 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
8883 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
8884 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
8885 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
8886 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
8887 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
8888 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
8889 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
8892 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8894 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8897 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
8899 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
8900 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
8902 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
8904 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
8905 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
8908 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
8909 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
8911 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8912 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8913 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8914 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
8916 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
8917 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8918 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8919 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8921 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8922 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8923 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8925 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8926 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8927 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8932 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8933 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8934 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8935 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8937 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8938 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8939 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8940 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8944 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8945 in regular objects. */
8949 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8950 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8951 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8954 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8955 some that we can't convert. */
8956 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8958 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8959 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8960 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8961 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8965 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8966 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8967 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8968 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8969 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8970 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8971 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8972 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8973 same memory location for the variable. */
8975 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8977 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8978 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8980 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8984 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8985 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8986 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8988 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8991 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8992 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8993 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8996 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8997 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9001 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9003 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9004 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9006 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9007 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9009 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9012 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9014 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9015 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9022 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9025 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9029 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9030 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9031 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9033 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9036 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9037 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9043 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9046 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9047 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9048 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
9049 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9050 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9052 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9053 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9054 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9056 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9057 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9058 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9060 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9063 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9064 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9066 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
9068 asection
*subsection
;
9070 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9072 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9074 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9076 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9077 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9081 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9082 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9083 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9084 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9087 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9088 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9089 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9091 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9093 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9094 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9096 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9098 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9099 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9100 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9102 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9103 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9105 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9107 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9112 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9113 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9114 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
9115 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9116 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9117 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9119 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9120 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9123 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9124 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9127 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9128 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9130 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9131 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9132 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9134 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9136 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9142 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9145 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9147 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9148 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9150 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9151 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9153 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9156 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9157 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9158 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9160 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9161 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9162 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9164 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9165 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9167 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9168 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9169 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9170 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9171 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9172 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9173 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9174 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9175 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9176 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9177 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9178 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9179 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9181 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9182 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9183 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9185 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9188 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9189 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9190 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9193 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9195 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9196 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9197 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9201 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9202 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9203 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9205 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9207 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9208 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9209 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9211 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9212 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9213 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9214 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9219 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9220 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9221 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9222 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9223 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9228 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9229 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9232 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9234 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9235 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9236 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9237 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9238 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9239 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9240 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9243 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9244 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9246 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9249 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9251 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9253 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9256 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9257 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9258 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9260 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9261 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9262 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9265 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9272 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9273 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9274 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9275 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9278 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9280 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9281 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9282 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9287 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9288 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9290 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9292 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9293 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9294 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9296 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9297 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9300 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9306 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9307 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9310 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9311 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9313 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9316 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9317 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9318 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9324 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9327 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9328 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9331 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9332 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9333 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9335 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9336 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9337 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9338 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9340 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9342 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9343 if (info
->executable
)
9345 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9346 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9348 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9350 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9353 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9354 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9355 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9356 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9357 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9358 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9360 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9361 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9363 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9364 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9365 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9367 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9368 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9369 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9370 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9374 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9375 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9376 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9378 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9379 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9380 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9381 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9382 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9383 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9384 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9385 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9386 else if (!micromips_p
)
9387 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9388 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9389 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9391 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9393 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9394 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9395 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9396 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9397 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9398 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9399 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9401 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9403 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9405 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9406 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9407 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9412 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9413 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9419 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9420 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9422 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9424 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9427 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9429 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9430 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9433 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9437 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9438 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9439 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9441 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9444 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9448 const char *outname
;
9451 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9452 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9453 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9454 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9455 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9457 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9459 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9461 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9462 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9463 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9466 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9467 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9468 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9471 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9472 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9473 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9474 will move them around between input sections'
9475 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9476 broken, so don't let it run. */
9477 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9480 else if (! info
->shared
9481 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9482 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9484 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9485 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9486 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9488 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9489 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9490 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9491 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9493 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9494 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9495 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9496 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9497 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9500 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9502 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9503 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9504 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9506 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9512 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9516 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9519 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9520 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9521 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9523 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9528 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9530 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9531 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9532 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9533 the .dynamic section. */
9535 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9536 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9537 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9538 may only look at the first one they see. */
9540 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9543 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9544 used by the debugger. */
9545 if (info
->executable
9546 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9547 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9550 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9551 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9553 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9555 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9558 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9559 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9560 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9561 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9562 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9565 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9568 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9569 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9571 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9572 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9573 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9575 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9578 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9581 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9587 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9589 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9592 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9595 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9599 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9602 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9605 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9608 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9611 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9614 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9617 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9620 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9621 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9624 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9625 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9626 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9627 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9630 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9632 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9635 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9638 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9641 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9644 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9645 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9652 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9653 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9654 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9655 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9658 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9659 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9660 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9662 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9663 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9666 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9668 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9669 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9670 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9671 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9673 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9674 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9677 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9678 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9680 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9681 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9683 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9684 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9687 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9688 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9689 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9693 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9694 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9695 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9696 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9697 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9698 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9699 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9700 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9701 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9702 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9703 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9705 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9706 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9707 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9710 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9711 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9712 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9713 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9714 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9715 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9716 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9720 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9721 unsigned int r_type
;
9724 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9726 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9727 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9729 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9735 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9736 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9737 howto
, i
, contents
);
9742 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9745 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9746 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9747 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9748 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9749 asection
**local_sections
)
9751 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9752 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9754 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9755 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9757 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9758 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9759 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9763 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9764 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
9765 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9767 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9768 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9770 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9773 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9774 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9776 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9777 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9779 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9780 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9782 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9783 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9784 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9786 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9791 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9794 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9795 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9796 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9797 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9798 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9799 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9802 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9803 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9804 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9807 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9809 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9810 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9811 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9815 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9817 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9818 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9819 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9820 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9821 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9822 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9823 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9825 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9827 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9831 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9833 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9834 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9835 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9837 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9840 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9841 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9843 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9844 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9845 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9848 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9852 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9854 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9855 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9857 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9858 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9859 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9864 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9867 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9868 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9869 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9872 if (info
->relocatable
)
9874 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9875 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9878 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9880 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9881 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9882 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9883 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9884 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9885 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9886 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9888 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9890 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9891 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9892 source of the addend in the final link. */
9893 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9895 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9896 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9897 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9898 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9899 but for endianness. */
9905 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9907 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9914 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9915 do two separate stores. */
9916 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9918 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9920 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9926 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9928 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9929 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9930 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9931 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9935 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9936 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9941 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9945 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9946 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9947 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9949 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9950 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9951 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9952 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9954 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9956 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9957 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9958 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9959 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9960 local_sections
, &value
,
9961 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9962 use_saved_addend_p
))
9964 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9965 /* There's nothing to do. */
9968 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9969 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9970 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9971 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9972 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9975 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9976 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9977 info
->callbacks
->warning
9978 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9981 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9982 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9983 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9984 a given location. */
9988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9990 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9991 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9992 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9993 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9994 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9995 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9997 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9998 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10000 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10001 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10003 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10004 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10005 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10013 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10014 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10016 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10017 info
->callbacks
->warning
10018 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10021 /* Fall through. */
10028 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10029 until we reach the last one. */
10030 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10036 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10037 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10038 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10039 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10040 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10041 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10042 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10043 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10049 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10051 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10058 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10059 do two separate stores. */
10060 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10062 /* Undo what we did above. */
10063 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10064 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10066 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10072 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10074 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10075 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10076 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10077 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10081 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10082 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10083 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10084 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10091 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10092 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10095 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10097 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10099 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10102 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10104 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10105 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10106 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10107 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10109 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10110 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10114 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10123 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10124 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10126 /* Work out the target address. */
10127 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10128 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10130 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10131 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10133 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10135 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10136 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10137 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10139 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10141 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10142 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10144 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10145 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10150 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10151 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10156 /* This is trampoline. */
10158 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10160 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10161 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10162 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10163 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10164 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10165 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10166 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10170 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10171 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10172 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10173 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10179 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10180 adjust it appropriately now. */
10183 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10184 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10186 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10187 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10188 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10191 "__dso_displacement",
10193 "__program_header_table",
10197 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10205 const char* const *p
;
10208 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10209 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10212 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10214 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10216 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10217 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10219 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10221 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10223 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10229 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10230 dynamic sections here. */
10233 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10234 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10235 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10236 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10240 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10243 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10244 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10246 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10247 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10248 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10249 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10251 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10253 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10254 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10255 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10257 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10259 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10260 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10264 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10266 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10267 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10268 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10269 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10270 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10272 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10273 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10274 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10275 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10277 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10278 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10279 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10280 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10282 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10283 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10285 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10286 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10287 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10288 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10290 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10292 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10293 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10294 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10296 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10297 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10299 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10301 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10303 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10304 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10306 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10307 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10309 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10310 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10315 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10323 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10328 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10329 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10331 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10333 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10334 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10336 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10338 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10339 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10341 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10342 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10344 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10346 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10347 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10348 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10349 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10350 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10351 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10352 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10354 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10356 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10358 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10359 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10360 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10361 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10362 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10363 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10364 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10365 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10369 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10370 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10371 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10373 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10375 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10376 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10377 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10379 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10380 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10382 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10383 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10384 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10386 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10387 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10388 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10392 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10393 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10394 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10395 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10396 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10397 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10398 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10402 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10403 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10404 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10405 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10407 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10408 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10409 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10410 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10411 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10412 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10413 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10421 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10423 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10424 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10425 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10426 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10427 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10428 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10429 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10432 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10433 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10434 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10436 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10438 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10440 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10442 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10444 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10445 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10447 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10450 /* Fill the stub. */
10454 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10459 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10460 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10466 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10469 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10471 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10473 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10474 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10480 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10486 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10490 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10491 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10492 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10493 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10494 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10496 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10497 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10498 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10501 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10502 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10509 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10511 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10513 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10515 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10519 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10522 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10523 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10524 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10525 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10527 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10528 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10531 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10535 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10536 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10539 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10540 only for the referenced symbol. */
10541 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10543 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10544 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10545 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10546 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10547 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10548 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10550 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10553 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10554 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10556 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10558 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10559 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10560 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10561 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10562 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10565 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10566 || h
->forced_local
);
10569 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10570 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10572 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10573 the symbols that need them. */
10574 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10579 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10580 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10581 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10584 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10586 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10592 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10595 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10597 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10600 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10603 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10604 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10606 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10608 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10609 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10611 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10612 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10613 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10614 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10615 appropriate addend. */
10616 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10618 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10619 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10620 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10622 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10623 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10626 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10627 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10628 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10632 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10633 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10638 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10639 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10640 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10641 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10642 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10643 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10644 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10646 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10647 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10650 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10652 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10653 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10654 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10656 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10658 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10659 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10661 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10662 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10664 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10666 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10668 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10669 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10670 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10671 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10673 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10675 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10676 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10677 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10678 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10682 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10688 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10689 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10691 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10692 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10693 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10694 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10695 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10696 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10699 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10700 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10701 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10703 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10704 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10705 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10707 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10708 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10710 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10712 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10713 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10719 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10722 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10723 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10724 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10725 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10729 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10733 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10734 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10735 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10736 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10738 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10741 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10742 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10743 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10744 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10745 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10747 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10748 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10750 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10751 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10752 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10753 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10755 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10756 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10757 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10760 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10761 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10762 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10763 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10765 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10766 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10767 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10769 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10770 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10771 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10773 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10775 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
10776 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
10778 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10779 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10783 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10789 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10791 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10792 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10793 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10796 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10804 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10805 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10807 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10808 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10809 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10810 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
10811 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10813 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10814 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10815 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10816 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10817 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10818 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10820 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10821 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10823 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10824 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10827 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10828 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
10829 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10830 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10831 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10833 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10835 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10836 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10839 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10842 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10843 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10845 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10846 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10849 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10853 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10854 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10855 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10857 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10858 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10859 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10860 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10861 + sgot
->output_offset
10863 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10864 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10865 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10868 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10871 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10873 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10875 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10876 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10877 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10878 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10880 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10881 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10882 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10883 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10884 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10887 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10888 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10889 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10894 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10897 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10900 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10901 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10902 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10904 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10905 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10907 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10908 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10909 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10910 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10911 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
10912 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10913 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10914 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10916 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10918 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10919 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10920 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10921 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10922 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10924 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10925 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10926 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10927 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10929 /* Install the PLT header. */
10930 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10931 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
10933 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
10934 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10937 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
10939 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10940 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
10941 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10943 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10944 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10946 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10947 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10949 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10950 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10951 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10955 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10956 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10957 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10958 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10959 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
10961 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
10965 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10966 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
10967 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10968 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
10969 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10970 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
10971 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10972 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
10976 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10977 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10978 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10989 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10990 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10993 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10995 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10997 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10998 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10999 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11001 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11002 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11004 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11006 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11007 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11008 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11009 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11011 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11012 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11014 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11015 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11017 /* Install the PLT header. */
11018 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11019 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11020 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11021 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11022 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11023 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11024 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11026 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11027 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11028 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11029 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11031 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11032 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11034 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11035 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11036 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11037 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11038 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11039 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11041 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11042 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11043 in which symbols were output. */
11044 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11046 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11048 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11049 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11050 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11051 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11053 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11054 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11055 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11056 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11058 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11059 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11060 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11061 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11065 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11068 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11071 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11073 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11074 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11076 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11077 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11078 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11079 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11082 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11085 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11086 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11091 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11092 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11094 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11095 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11097 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11099 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11102 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11104 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11107 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11109 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11110 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11112 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11113 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11115 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11116 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11117 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11119 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11123 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11125 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11126 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11128 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11134 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11138 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11139 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11143 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11145 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11150 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11153 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11155 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11158 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11159 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11162 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11163 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11166 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11170 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11174 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11176 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11179 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11181 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11184 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11185 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11186 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11187 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11190 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11191 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11194 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11195 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11196 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11197 referenced within the same object. */
11198 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11201 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11202 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11204 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11207 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11208 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11209 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11211 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11213 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11214 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11215 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11217 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11220 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11221 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11224 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11227 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11230 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11231 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11234 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11235 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11236 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11240 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11241 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11242 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11243 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11247 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11248 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11250 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11254 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11255 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11256 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11258 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11262 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11263 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11267 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11268 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11269 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11273 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11274 the dynamic tag. */
11275 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11277 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11278 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11283 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11284 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11285 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11286 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11288 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11292 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11293 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11294 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11299 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11300 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11301 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11305 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11310 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11311 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11312 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11315 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11316 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11318 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11320 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11321 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11322 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11323 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11324 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11325 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11326 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11328 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11329 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11332 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11336 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11337 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11338 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11339 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11340 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11341 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11344 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11345 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11348 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11349 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11351 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11352 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11354 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11355 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11357 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11359 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11360 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11362 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11363 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11364 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11366 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11368 if (! info
->shared
)
11371 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
11373 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11374 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11375 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11376 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11377 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11378 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11380 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11385 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11386 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11389 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11392 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11394 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11396 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11397 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11398 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11400 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11403 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11404 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11406 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11412 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11413 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11414 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11415 are trailing null entries. */
11416 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11417 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11418 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11419 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11420 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11421 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11422 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11423 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11428 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11433 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11440 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11442 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11444 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11445 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11449 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11451 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11452 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11455 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11456 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11459 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11460 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11462 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11464 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11465 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11466 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11467 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11472 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11473 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11474 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11475 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11476 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11478 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11480 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11482 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11484 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11485 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11486 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11487 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11489 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11490 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11491 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11496 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11498 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11501 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11503 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11507 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11508 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11516 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11519 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11523 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11526 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11527 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11530 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11531 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11534 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11535 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11538 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11539 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11540 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11541 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11542 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11545 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11546 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11549 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11550 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11553 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11554 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11557 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11558 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11561 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11562 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11565 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11566 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11569 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11570 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11573 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11574 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11577 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11578 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11581 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11582 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11583 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11584 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11585 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11586 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11587 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11588 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11591 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11592 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11595 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11596 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11599 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11600 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11603 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11604 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11607 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11608 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11611 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11612 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11613 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11616 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11617 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11620 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11621 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11624 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11625 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11628 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11629 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11632 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11633 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11636 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11637 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11640 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11641 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11646 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11647 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11648 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11651 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11652 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11659 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11660 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11661 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11662 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11663 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11665 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11666 info for each special section. */
11667 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11668 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11671 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11673 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11674 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11675 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11677 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11680 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11681 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11682 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11683 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11684 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11685 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11686 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11687 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11690 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11691 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11692 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11693 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11694 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11695 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11696 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11697 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11698 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11701 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11702 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11704 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11705 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11707 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11710 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11711 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11712 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11713 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11714 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11715 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11716 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11719 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11720 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11722 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11724 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11725 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11732 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11736 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11737 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11742 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11743 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11744 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11747 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11748 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11749 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11750 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11753 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11754 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11755 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
11756 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
11759 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11760 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11761 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11762 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11768 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11771 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
11772 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11775 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
11778 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11780 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11781 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11783 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11784 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
11789 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11793 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
11795 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11797 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11798 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
11800 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11801 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11809 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11810 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11811 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11813 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
11814 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11815 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11816 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11818 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11820 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11821 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11826 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11828 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
11830 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11831 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11834 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11836 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11837 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11838 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11839 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11840 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11841 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11842 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11843 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11844 *pm
= options_segment
;
11850 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11852 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11853 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11854 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11855 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11856 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11858 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11859 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11864 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11868 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11870 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11875 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11880 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11883 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11884 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
11885 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11895 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11896 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11898 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
11900 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11903 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11905 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11906 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11907 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11908 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11909 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11911 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11912 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11915 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11916 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11917 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11918 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11919 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11920 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11921 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11922 PT_LOAD segment. */
11923 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11926 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11928 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11930 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11934 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11936 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11938 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11940 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11941 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11948 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11949 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11954 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11955 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11957 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11960 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11961 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11968 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11970 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11972 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11974 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11983 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11984 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11986 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11987 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11988 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11989 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11990 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11992 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11993 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11994 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11995 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11996 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11999 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12000 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12002 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12003 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12005 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12006 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12010 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12014 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12022 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12026 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12027 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12028 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12029 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12030 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12032 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12035 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12037 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12038 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12042 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12045 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12048 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12049 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12050 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12051 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12055 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12056 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12057 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12058 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12059 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12061 if (info
->relocatable
)
12064 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12065 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12066 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12068 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12069 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12070 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12072 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12073 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12075 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12076 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12077 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12078 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12079 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12080 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12081 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12082 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12083 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12084 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12085 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12086 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12087 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12088 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12089 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12090 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12091 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12092 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12093 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12094 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12105 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12106 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12107 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12108 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12111 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12112 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12113 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12115 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12117 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12119 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12120 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12121 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12122 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12123 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12124 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12126 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12129 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12130 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12131 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12132 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12133 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12134 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12136 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12137 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12139 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12141 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12142 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12144 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12146 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12147 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12149 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12151 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12152 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12154 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12155 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12156 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12157 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12158 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12159 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12162 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12165 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12166 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12169 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12170 unsigned char *tdata
;
12173 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12178 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12180 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12181 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12184 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12188 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12189 info
->keep_memory
);
12196 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12197 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12199 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12201 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12210 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12211 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12217 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12218 free (cookie
->rels
);
12224 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12226 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12232 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12233 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12234 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12236 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12239 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12242 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12246 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12247 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12249 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12251 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12254 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12257 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12258 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12262 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12263 from output by default for clarity. */
12266 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12268 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12271 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12272 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12274 struct mips_elf_find_line
12276 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12277 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12281 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
12282 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
12283 const char **filename_ptr
,
12284 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12285 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12289 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
12290 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12294 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
12295 section
, symbols
, offset
,
12296 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12297 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12298 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12301 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12304 flagword origflags
;
12305 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12306 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12307 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12309 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12310 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12311 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12312 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12313 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12314 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12316 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12319 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12322 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12323 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12325 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12328 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12332 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12334 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12338 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12339 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12340 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12341 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12343 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12346 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12347 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12348 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12349 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12350 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12351 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12352 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12354 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12356 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12357 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12358 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12359 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12360 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12361 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12364 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12365 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12368 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12372 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12375 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12377 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
12378 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12383 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12384 const char **filename_ptr
,
12385 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12386 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12389 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12390 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12391 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12396 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12397 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12398 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12401 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12402 const void *location
,
12403 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12405 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12409 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12411 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12412 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12413 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12416 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12419 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12422 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12425 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12428 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12432 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12433 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12436 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12438 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12439 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12441 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12444 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12445 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12446 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12449 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12450 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12453 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12456 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12457 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12460 /* read in the section */
12461 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12462 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12465 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12469 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12472 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12477 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12480 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12481 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12482 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12483 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12484 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12488 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12489 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12496 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12497 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12498 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12501 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12502 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12504 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12506 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12507 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12509 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12511 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12520 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12522 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12523 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12525 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12526 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12527 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12529 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12530 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12531 to the generic handling. */
12533 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12534 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12535 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12536 input_section
, relocatable
,
12539 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12541 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12546 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12548 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12549 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12553 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12557 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12558 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12559 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12560 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12563 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12564 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12565 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12566 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12567 (*parent
)->address
)))
12570 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12571 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12573 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12574 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12575 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12578 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12587 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12588 free (reloc_vector
);
12592 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12593 free (reloc_vector
);
12598 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12599 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12601 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12602 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12603 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12604 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12605 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12606 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12608 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12609 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12610 unsigned int symcount
;
12612 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12613 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12615 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12616 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12618 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12619 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12620 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12621 sec
->size
-= count
;
12623 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12624 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12626 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12627 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12628 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12631 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12632 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12634 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12635 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12636 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12637 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12638 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12639 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12641 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12642 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12643 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12644 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12645 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12647 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12651 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12652 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12653 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12655 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12657 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12658 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12660 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12668 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12669 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12671 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12672 unsigned long match
;
12673 unsigned long mask
;
12676 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12680 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12682 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12683 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12685 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12687 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12688 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12691 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12693 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12694 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12695 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12696 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12699 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12700 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12702 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12703 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12705 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
12706 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12708 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
12709 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12711 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
12712 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12714 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
12715 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12718 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12720 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12721 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12722 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12724 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12726 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
12727 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12728 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12729 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12732 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
12733 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12734 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12735 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12738 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
12739 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12740 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12741 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12744 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
12745 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12746 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12747 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12750 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12752 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12753 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12754 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12757 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12759 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
12760 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12762 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
12763 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12765 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
12766 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12768 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
12769 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12771 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
12772 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12774 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12776 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
12777 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12779 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12780 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12782 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12783 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12784 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12785 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12788 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12790 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
12791 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12793 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12794 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12795 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12799 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12801 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
12802 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12804 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
12805 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12807 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
12808 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12810 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12812 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12814 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
12815 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12817 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12818 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12819 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12820 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12824 /* LUI instruction. */
12826 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12827 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12830 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12832 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12833 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12835 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12836 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12838 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12839 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12842 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12844 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12845 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12846 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12847 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12849 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12850 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12852 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12853 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12854 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12855 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12858 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12859 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12862 /* NOP instructions. */
12864 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12865 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12867 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12868 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12871 /* Instruction match support. */
12873 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12876 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12878 unsigned long indx
;
12880 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12881 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12888 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12890 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12891 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12892 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12893 the second half of another instruction. */
12896 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12898 unsigned long opcode
;
12901 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12902 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12903 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12905 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12906 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12907 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12910 /* No delay slot. */
12916 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12917 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12918 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12919 the second half of another instruction. */
12922 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12924 unsigned long opcode
;
12927 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12928 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12929 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12931 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12932 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12935 /* No delay slot. */
12941 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12942 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12945 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12947 unsigned long opcode
;
12949 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12950 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12952 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12954 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12955 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12956 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12958 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12964 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12965 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12968 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12970 unsigned long opcode
;
12972 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12973 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12975 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12976 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12977 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12979 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12980 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12981 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12982 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12983 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12984 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12985 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12986 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12992 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12993 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12994 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12997 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12998 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12999 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13001 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13002 unsigned long opcode
;
13004 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13005 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13008 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13009 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13010 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13016 /* Bitsize checking. */
13017 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13018 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13019 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13023 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13024 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13025 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13027 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13028 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13029 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13030 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13031 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13032 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13034 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13037 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13038 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13041 if (link_info
->relocatable
13042 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13043 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13044 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13047 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13049 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13050 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13051 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13052 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13053 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13056 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13057 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13058 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13060 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13061 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13062 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13063 unsigned long opcode
;
13069 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13070 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13074 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13076 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13077 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13078 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13081 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13082 if (contents
== NULL
)
13084 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13085 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13086 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13087 /* Go get them off disk. */
13088 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13091 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13093 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13094 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13096 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13097 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13098 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13099 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13101 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13105 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13106 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13108 /* A local symbol. */
13109 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13112 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13113 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13114 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13115 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13116 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13117 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13118 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13120 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13121 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13122 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13123 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13124 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13128 unsigned long indx
;
13129 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13131 /* An external symbol. */
13132 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13133 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13134 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13136 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13137 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13138 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13139 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13140 regular reloc processing. */
13143 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13144 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13145 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13146 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13147 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13151 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13152 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13153 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13154 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13155 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13156 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13157 the linker is run. */
13159 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13160 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13163 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13165 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13166 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13168 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13171 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13172 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13173 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13175 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13177 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13178 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13179 out the offset). */
13180 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13182 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13183 unsigned long nextopc
;
13187 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13189 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13190 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13191 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13194 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13195 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13196 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13197 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13200 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13201 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13202 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13203 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13206 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13207 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13208 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13209 it through if so. */
13210 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13211 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13212 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13213 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13214 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13215 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13217 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13219 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13222 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13224 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13225 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13226 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13227 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13228 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13229 switch (offset
- 4)
13234 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13238 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13245 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13247 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13249 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13252 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13253 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13254 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13256 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13257 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13259 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13260 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13262 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13263 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13264 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13265 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13266 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13267 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13270 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13271 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13272 the PC-relative distance. */
13273 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13274 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13275 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13276 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13277 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13279 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13280 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13282 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13283 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13284 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13286 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13287 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13290 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13294 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13295 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13297 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13302 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13303 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13304 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13305 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13306 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13307 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13308 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13309 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13311 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13312 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13313 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13314 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13316 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13320 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13322 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13323 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13324 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13325 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13327 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13329 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13330 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13334 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13335 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13337 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13338 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13339 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13341 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13342 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13344 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13347 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13350 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13355 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13356 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13358 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13359 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13360 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13361 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13362 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13363 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13367 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13369 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13370 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13372 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13374 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13375 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13376 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13379 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13384 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13386 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13387 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13388 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13389 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13391 unsigned long n32opc
;
13392 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13394 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13396 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13398 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13399 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13403 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13405 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13407 (move_insn_16
.match
13408 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13409 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13414 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13415 instructions will be handled here later. */
13419 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13420 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13421 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13423 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13431 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13432 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13433 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13434 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13436 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13437 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13438 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13441 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13442 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13447 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13448 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13450 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13454 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13455 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13459 if (contents
!= NULL
13460 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13462 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13466 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13467 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13471 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13472 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13473 free (internal_relocs
);
13478 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13479 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13481 if (contents
!= NULL
13482 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13484 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13485 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13486 free (internal_relocs
);
13491 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13493 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13494 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13497 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13499 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13503 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13504 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13505 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13511 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13512 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13514 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13517 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13519 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13520 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13522 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13524 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13529 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13530 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13531 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13536 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13537 and copy relocs. */
13540 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13542 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13545 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13546 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13549 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13551 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13554 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
13555 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
13556 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
13559 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13562 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
13563 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
13564 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
13565 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
13566 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
13567 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
13568 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13569 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13570 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
13571 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
13576 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13578 static const char * const secname
[] =
13580 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13581 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13583 static const int sc
[] =
13585 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
13586 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
13589 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13591 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
13592 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
13594 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
13597 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13599 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
13601 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
13605 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13606 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
13608 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13610 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13611 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13612 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
13613 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13614 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13615 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
13616 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
13617 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13618 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
13619 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13620 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13621 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13623 else if (info
->relocatable
)
13625 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
13627 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13628 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13630 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
13633 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13634 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
13638 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13639 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13640 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13644 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13646 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
13648 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
13649 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
13650 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13652 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
13654 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
13656 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13657 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13658 the information together. */
13659 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13661 asection
*input_section
;
13663 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13666 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13668 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13673 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13674 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13676 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13677 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13680 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
13682 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
13683 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
13684 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
13685 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
13686 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
13688 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13689 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13690 finally written out. */
13692 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13693 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13694 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13697 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13698 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
13700 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13701 matters, but someday it might). */
13702 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13707 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
13709 struct extsym_info einfo
;
13712 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13713 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13714 the information together. */
13715 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
13716 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13717 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
13718 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
13719 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
13720 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
13721 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
13722 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
13723 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
13724 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
13725 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
13726 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
13727 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
13729 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
13731 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13732 debug_info structure. */
13734 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
13735 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
13736 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
13737 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
13738 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
13740 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
13741 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
13742 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
13743 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
13745 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13746 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
13750 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
13754 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
13755 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
13756 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
13757 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
13759 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
13761 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
13762 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
13765 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
13766 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
13769 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
13770 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
13771 secname
[i
], &esym
))
13775 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13777 asection
*input_section
;
13779 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
13780 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
13784 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13786 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13791 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13792 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13794 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
13796 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13797 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13798 want to deal with it. */
13802 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
13803 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
13805 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
13807 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13808 read in the debugging information and set up an
13809 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13810 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13814 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13815 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
13816 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
13819 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13820 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13821 the linker global hash table and save the information
13822 for the output external symbols. */
13823 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
13824 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
13825 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
13826 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
13828 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
13829 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
13833 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13835 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13836 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13837 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13838 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13841 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13842 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13843 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13844 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13849 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13850 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13851 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13857 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13858 free (input_debug
.line
);
13859 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13860 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13861 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13862 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13863 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13864 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13865 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13866 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13867 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13868 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13870 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13871 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13872 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13875 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13877 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13878 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13879 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13881 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13882 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13884 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13887 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13888 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13892 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13898 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13901 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13903 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13904 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13905 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13909 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13910 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13912 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13913 matters, but someday it might). */
13914 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13919 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13921 const char *subname
;
13924 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13927 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13928 information describing how the small data area would
13929 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13930 not used in executables files. */
13931 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13933 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13935 asection
*input_section
;
13937 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13939 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13944 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13946 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13947 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13948 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13951 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13952 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13953 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13955 /* Really remove the section. */
13956 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13957 --abfd
->section_count
;
13962 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13963 uninitialized data. */
13964 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13965 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13966 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13970 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13971 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13972 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13973 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13977 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13978 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13979 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13980 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13981 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13982 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13983 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13985 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13986 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13988 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13989 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13990 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13993 /* Set up the first entry. */
13995 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13996 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13999 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14000 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14002 /* Combine the input sections. */
14003 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14005 asection
*input_section
;
14007 bfd_size_type size
;
14008 unsigned long last
;
14009 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14011 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14013 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14018 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14019 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14021 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14022 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14023 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14024 size
= input_section
->size
;
14026 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14028 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14030 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14031 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14037 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14038 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14039 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14045 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14047 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14048 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14051 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14053 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14054 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14056 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14062 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14065 /* We need a new table entry. */
14066 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14067 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14068 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14074 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14075 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14077 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14078 value, since that will be implied by this new
14081 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14083 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14085 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14086 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14090 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14091 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14096 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14099 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14100 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14101 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14104 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14106 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14108 /* Swap out the table. */
14109 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14110 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14111 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14117 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14118 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14121 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14122 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14124 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14125 matters, but someday it might). */
14126 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14130 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14131 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14134 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14136 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14138 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14140 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14141 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14145 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14147 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14148 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14150 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14153 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14156 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14158 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14159 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14160 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14164 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14166 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14167 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14168 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14172 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14174 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14175 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14177 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14178 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14179 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14187 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14189 struct mips_mach_extension
14191 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14195 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14196 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14198 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14200 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14201 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14202 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14203 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14205 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14206 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14207 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14208 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14209 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14211 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14212 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14214 /* R10000 extensions. */
14215 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14216 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14217 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14219 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14220 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14221 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14222 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14223 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14224 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14225 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14227 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14228 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14229 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14230 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14231 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14232 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14234 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14235 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14236 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14238 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14239 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14240 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14241 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14242 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14243 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14244 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14245 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14246 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14247 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14248 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14250 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14251 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14253 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14254 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14255 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14257 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14258 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14259 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14263 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14266 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14270 if (extension
== base
)
14273 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14274 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14277 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14278 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14281 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14282 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14284 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14285 if (extension
== base
)
14293 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14296 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14298 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14299 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14300 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14301 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14302 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14303 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14304 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
14308 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14309 there are conflicting attributes. */
14311 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14313 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14314 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14317 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14318 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14319 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
14320 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14322 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14324 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14325 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14327 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14329 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14334 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14335 non-conflicting ones. */
14336 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14337 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14339 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14340 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
14341 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14342 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
14343 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14346 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14350 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14351 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
14356 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14357 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
14362 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14363 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14364 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
14369 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14370 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14371 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14372 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14378 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14382 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14383 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
14388 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14389 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
14394 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14395 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14396 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
14401 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14402 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14403 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14404 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14410 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14416 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14417 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
14422 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14423 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14424 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14425 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14431 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14435 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14436 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14437 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
14442 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14443 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14444 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
14449 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14450 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
14455 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14456 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14457 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14458 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14464 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14468 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14469 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14470 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14471 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
14476 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14477 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14478 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14479 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
14484 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14485 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14486 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14487 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
14492 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14493 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14494 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14495 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
14500 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14501 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14502 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
14503 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
14504 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
14511 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
14512 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14517 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
14518 object file when linking. */
14521 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14523 flagword old_flags
;
14524 flagword new_flags
;
14526 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
14529 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
14530 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
14532 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14533 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14538 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
14541 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
14543 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14544 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14549 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
14552 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14553 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14554 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14556 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
14558 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
14559 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
14560 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14561 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
14563 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
14564 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
14565 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
14566 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
14568 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
14569 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14576 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14578 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14579 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14581 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14582 doesn't seem to matter. */
14583 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14584 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14586 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14587 just be able to ignore this. */
14588 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14589 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14591 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14592 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14593 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14595 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14598 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14599 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14600 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14601 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
14603 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14604 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14605 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14606 not affect compatibility. */
14607 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
14608 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
14609 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
14611 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
14612 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
14613 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
14615 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
14619 if (null_input_bfd
)
14624 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14625 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14627 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14628 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14633 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14634 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14635 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14636 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14638 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14639 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14641 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14642 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14644 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14645 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14649 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14651 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14652 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14654 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14655 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14656 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14657 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14658 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14659 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14660 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14662 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14663 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14664 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14665 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14666 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14667 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14671 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14672 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14673 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14675 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14676 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14681 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14682 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14684 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14685 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14686 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14687 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14688 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14690 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14691 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14692 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14693 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14695 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14696 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14698 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14699 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14702 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14703 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14706 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14707 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14708 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
14710 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14711 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14712 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14713 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14714 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
14715 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
14717 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
14719 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14720 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14722 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14723 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14727 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14729 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14730 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14733 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
14734 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
14736 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14738 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
14739 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
14740 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
14741 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
14743 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
14744 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
14747 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14748 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
14750 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14751 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14752 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
14753 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
14759 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14766 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14769 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
14771 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
14772 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
14774 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
14775 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
14780 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
14784 default: return "";
14785 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
14786 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14787 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
14788 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14789 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
14790 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14791 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
14792 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14793 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
14794 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14795 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
14796 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14798 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14799 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
14800 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14801 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
14802 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14803 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
14804 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14805 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
14806 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14807 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
14808 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14809 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
14810 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14811 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
14812 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14813 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
14814 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14815 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
14816 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14817 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
14818 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14819 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
14820 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14821 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
14822 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14823 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
14824 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14825 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
14826 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14827 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
14828 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14829 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
14830 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14831 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
14832 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14833 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
14834 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14835 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
14836 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14837 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
14838 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14839 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
14840 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14841 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
14842 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14843 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
14844 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14845 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
14846 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14847 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
14848 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14849 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
14850 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14851 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14852 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14853 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14854 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14855 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14856 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14857 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14858 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14859 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14860 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14861 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14862 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14863 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14864 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14865 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14866 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14867 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14868 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14869 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14870 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14871 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14872 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14873 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14874 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14879 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14883 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14885 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14886 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14888 /* xgettext:c-format */
14889 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14891 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14892 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14893 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14894 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14895 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14896 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14897 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14898 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14899 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14900 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14901 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14902 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14903 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14904 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14906 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14908 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14909 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14910 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14911 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14912 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14913 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14914 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14915 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14916 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14917 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14918 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14919 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14920 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14921 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14922 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14923 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14924 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14925 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14927 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14929 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14930 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14932 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14933 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14935 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14936 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14938 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
14939 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
14941 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14942 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14944 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14946 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14947 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14949 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14950 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14952 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14953 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14955 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14956 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14958 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14959 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14961 fputc ('\n', file
);
14966 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14968 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14969 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14970 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14971 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14972 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14973 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14974 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14977 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14978 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14979 definiton of the symbol. */
14981 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14982 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14983 bfd_boolean definition
,
14984 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14986 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14988 unsigned char other
;
14990 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14991 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14992 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14996 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14997 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15000 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15001 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15003 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15005 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15009 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15011 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15012 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15013 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15016 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15017 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15020 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15021 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15024 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15025 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15028 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15029 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15030 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15031 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15032 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15033 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15034 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15035 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15038 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15039 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15040 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15041 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15044 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15045 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15046 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15047 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15049 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15051 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15053 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15054 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15055 unsigned int other
;
15056 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15075 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15078 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15079 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15082 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15083 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15086 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15090 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15091 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15093 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15095 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15096 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15097 PLT slots per relocation. */
15098 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15099 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15100 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15101 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15102 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15103 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15104 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15106 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15107 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15109 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15112 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15115 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15118 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15120 names
= (char *) send
;
15121 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15124 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15125 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15129 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15130 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15132 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15136 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15137 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15141 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15146 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
15150 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15151 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
15152 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
15156 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
15157 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
15158 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
15160 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
15161 const char *suffix
;
15166 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
15168 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15169 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
15173 /* Truncated table??? */
15174 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
15176 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
15177 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15178 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
15179 suffix
= m16suffix
;
15180 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
15182 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
15183 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
15187 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
15188 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15189 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
15191 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15192 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
15193 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15194 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15195 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15196 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15198 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
15199 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
15201 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15202 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
15203 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15204 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15205 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15206 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15207 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15208 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15209 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15211 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
15214 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
15215 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
15216 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15217 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15218 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15219 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
15220 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
15221 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
15224 /* Truncated table??? */
15225 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
15229 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
15230 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
15237 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
15238 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
15239 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
15240 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
15241 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
15242 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
15244 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
15246 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15248 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15249 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
15250 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
15253 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
15255 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
15256 names
+= suffixlen
;
15259 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
15269 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
15271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
15272 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
15274 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
15277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
15278 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
15280 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
15281 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;